1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
992 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
994 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
995 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
999 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1000 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1005 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len
= strlen (text
);
1020 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1021 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1024 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1029 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1031 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1034 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1052 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1062 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1067 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1095 struct command_line
*c
;
1097 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1101 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1124 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1141 struct command_line
*commands
)
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line
*c
;
1150 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1151 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1153 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1155 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1171 struct command_line
*c2
;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1174 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1175 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1177 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1199 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1201 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1202 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1214 struct command_line
*commands
)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1219 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1220 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1231 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1234 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1244 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1247 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1257 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1260 if (old_task
!= task
)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1267 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1269 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1275 struct commands_info
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line
*control
;
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1289 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1298 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1300 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1302 struct command_line
*l
;
1304 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1305 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1308 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1311 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1315 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1317 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1326 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1331 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1336 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1337 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1344 struct command_line
*control
)
1346 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1347 struct commands_info info
;
1349 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1350 info
.control
= control
;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1356 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1358 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1362 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1383 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1390 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1404 return simple_control
;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1412 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1416 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1423 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1427 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1429 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1430 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1431 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1432 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1433 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1434 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1435 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1436 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1438 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1441 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1442 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1443 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1445 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1447 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1449 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1450 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1451 report higher one. */
1454 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1455 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1457 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1459 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1460 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1462 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1463 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1464 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1465 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1467 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1468 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1469 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1471 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1473 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1480 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1481 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1482 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1483 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1484 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1487 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1489 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1490 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1491 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1494 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1497 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1499 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1501 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1506 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1507 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1508 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1511 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1514 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1515 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1516 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1522 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1527 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1528 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1530 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1535 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1540 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1541 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1543 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1545 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1549 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1551 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1552 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1555 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1557 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1558 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1559 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1560 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1561 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1563 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1565 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1566 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1570 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1571 const unsigned char *bp
;
1572 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1573 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1575 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1576 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1577 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1579 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1581 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1583 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1584 breakpoint's INSN. */
1585 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1591 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1595 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1597 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1598 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1599 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1605 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1607 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1608 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1609 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1612 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1616 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1618 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1619 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1622 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1623 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1624 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1625 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1626 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1627 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1628 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1629 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1632 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1634 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1635 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1636 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1637 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1640 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1641 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1644 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1646 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1648 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1650 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1651 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1653 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1654 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1656 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1659 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1660 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1661 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1662 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1664 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1666 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1667 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1670 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1671 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1672 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1673 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1674 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1675 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1676 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1677 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1679 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1680 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1681 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1682 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1683 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1684 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1685 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1686 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1689 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1690 hardware watchpoints:
1692 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1693 called several times when GDB stops.
1696 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1697 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1698 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1699 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1700 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1701 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1702 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1703 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1704 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1705 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1706 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1708 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1709 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1712 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1714 int within_current_scope
;
1715 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1724 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1729 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1730 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1731 within_current_scope
= 1;
1734 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1735 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1738 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1739 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1740 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1744 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1745 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1746 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1747 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1750 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1752 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1753 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1754 if (within_current_scope
)
1758 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1759 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1760 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1763 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1772 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1773 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1774 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1775 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1776 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1777 be completely different objects. */
1778 value_free (b
->val
);
1782 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1783 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1784 locations (re)created below. */
1785 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1787 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1789 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1793 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1794 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1798 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1799 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1800 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1801 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1802 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1803 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1805 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1806 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1807 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1809 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1812 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1813 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1815 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1817 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1818 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1819 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1820 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1821 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1823 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1829 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1831 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1832 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1834 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1835 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1836 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1837 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1838 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1839 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1840 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1842 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1845 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1846 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1853 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1855 addr
= value_address (v
);
1857 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1859 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1862 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1863 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1866 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1869 loc
->address
= addr
;
1870 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1871 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1876 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1877 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1878 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1883 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1884 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1886 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1890 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1893 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1894 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1895 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1897 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1898 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1899 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1900 this watchpoint in as well. */
1902 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1903 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1904 hardware watchpoint type. */
1905 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1906 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1907 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1909 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1910 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1911 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1912 through watch_command), so always account for it
1915 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1916 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1918 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1919 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1922 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1925 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1927 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1929 "hardware watchpoint."));
1930 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1931 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1932 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1934 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1935 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1939 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1940 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1941 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1943 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1946 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1950 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1952 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1953 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1954 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1955 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1958 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1960 next
= value_next (v
);
1965 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1966 above left it without any location set up. But,
1967 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1968 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1969 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1971 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1972 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1973 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1974 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1975 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1976 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1979 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1981 printf_filtered (_("\
1982 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1983 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1985 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1988 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1990 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1994 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1995 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1996 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1997 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1998 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2000 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2002 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2005 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2008 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2011 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2014 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2015 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2016 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2017 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2018 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2019 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2020 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2021 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2022 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2028 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2029 that the location is not duplicated. */
2032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2035 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2038 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2039 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2043 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2044 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2045 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2046 any error during parsing. */
2048 static struct agent_expr
*
2049 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2051 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2052 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2053 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2058 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2059 that may show up. */
2060 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2062 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2067 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2068 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2069 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2073 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2077 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2078 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2079 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2080 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2081 one of them is true. */
2084 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2086 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2087 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2088 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2089 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2091 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2092 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2093 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2099 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2100 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2101 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2102 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2103 response back to GDB. */
2104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2107 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2111 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2113 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2114 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2115 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2116 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2117 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2118 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2120 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2121 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2127 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2128 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2129 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2131 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2137 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2138 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2139 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2141 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2142 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2143 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2148 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2150 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2152 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2155 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2156 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2161 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2162 for this location's address. */
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2167 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2168 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2169 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2171 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2172 conditions to the target. */
2173 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2174 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2180 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2181 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2182 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2184 static struct agent_expr
*
2185 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2187 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2188 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2189 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2190 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2193 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2194 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2196 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2203 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2205 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2207 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2210 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2212 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2214 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2216 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2218 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2223 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2226 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2228 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2232 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2236 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2241 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2242 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2244 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2252 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2253 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2254 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2259 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2260 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2261 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2265 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2278 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2280 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2281 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2303 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2310 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2311 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2321 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2335 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2339 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2342 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2343 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2353 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2355 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2356 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2367 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2380 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2381 int *disabled_breaks
,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2387 struct gdb_exception e
;
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2402 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2403 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2418 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2421 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2441 struct mem_region
*mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2450 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2451 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2453 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2455 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2457 static int said
= 0;
2459 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2470 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2480 || bl
->section
== NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2486 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2491 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2508 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2512 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2513 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2514 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2528 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2533 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2551 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2562 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2568 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2580 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2584 "Error accessing memory address ");
2585 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2587 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2588 safe_strerror (val
));
2599 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2600 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2601 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2602 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2604 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2605 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2607 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2609 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2610 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2611 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2613 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2615 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2616 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2620 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2621 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2625 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2626 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2633 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2634 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2637 /* Back to the original value. */
2638 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2642 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2645 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2648 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2650 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2653 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2657 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2658 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2663 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2665 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2666 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2667 so just return success. */
2674 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2675 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2679 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2681 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2682 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2684 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2687 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2688 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2691 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2692 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2695 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2697 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2699 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2700 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2701 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2703 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2704 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2706 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2712 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2713 removed locations above. */
2714 update_global_location_list (0);
2717 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2718 Throws exception on any error.
2719 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2720 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2722 insert_breakpoints (void)
2724 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2729 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2731 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2734 update_global_location_list (1);
2736 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2737 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2739 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2740 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2743 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2746 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2748 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2752 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2756 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2757 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2758 always-inserted mode. */
2761 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2763 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2766 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2767 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2768 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2770 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2771 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2773 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2774 there was an error. */
2775 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2777 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2781 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2783 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2786 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2787 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2788 deletion of breakpoints. */
2789 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2792 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2794 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2795 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2796 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2797 insert breakpoints. */
2798 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2799 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2802 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2803 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2811 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2814 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2817 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2820 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2822 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2823 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2826 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2827 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2828 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2830 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2831 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2833 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2834 there was an error. */
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2837 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2841 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2844 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2845 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2846 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2847 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2848 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2851 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2853 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2854 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2855 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2856 insert breakpoints. */
2857 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2858 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2861 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2862 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2867 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2868 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2871 int some_failed
= 0;
2872 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2874 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2877 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2880 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2883 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2884 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2891 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2893 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2895 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2897 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2905 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2906 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2907 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2910 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2911 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2913 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2914 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2920 /* Used when the program stops.
2921 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2922 removing a breakpoint location. */
2925 remove_breakpoints (void)
2927 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2932 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2933 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2938 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2941 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2945 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2949 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2952 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2957 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2966 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2968 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2969 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2971 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2972 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2973 struct inferior
*inf
;
2974 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2976 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2980 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2981 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2983 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2985 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2986 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2990 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2996 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3008 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3010 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3011 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3012 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3013 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3014 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3015 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3017 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3020 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3023 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3024 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3028 static struct breakpoint
*
3029 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3030 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3031 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3033 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3034 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3036 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3039 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3040 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3042 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3043 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3044 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3049 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3051 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3053 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3055 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3056 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3058 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3061 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3062 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3064 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3065 int longjmp_searched
;
3067 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3068 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3073 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3074 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3076 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3077 int exception_searched
;
3079 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3080 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3083 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3085 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3086 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3088 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3091 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3093 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3096 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3097 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3099 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3100 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3102 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3104 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3105 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3107 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3108 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3110 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3111 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3113 return bp_objfile_data
;
3117 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3121 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3122 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3128 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3129 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3131 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3133 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3137 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3139 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3142 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3144 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3146 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3149 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3153 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3156 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3157 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3159 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3160 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3162 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3164 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3165 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3169 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3170 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3173 update_global_location_list (1);
3177 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3179 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3180 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3182 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3184 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3186 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3188 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3190 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3196 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3197 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3200 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3202 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3204 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3205 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3206 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3209 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3212 struct probe
*probe
;
3213 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3216 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3217 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3221 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3223 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3225 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3226 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3227 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3233 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 const char *func_name
;
3239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3242 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3243 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3245 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3247 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3254 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3257 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3259 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3260 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3261 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3265 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3270 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3272 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3274 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3275 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3276 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3278 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3280 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3282 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3285 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3289 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3290 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3292 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3294 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3297 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3299 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3301 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3302 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3303 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3305 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3312 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3313 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3314 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3315 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3316 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3317 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 update_global_location_list (1);
3323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3326 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3329 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3331 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3332 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3336 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3337 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3341 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3343 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3346 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3347 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3348 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3351 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3353 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3355 struct probe
*probe
;
3358 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3359 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3363 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3365 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3366 bp_exception_master
,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3368 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3369 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3375 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3380 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3382 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3384 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3386 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3387 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3389 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3393 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3396 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3397 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3399 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3400 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3401 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3402 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3405 update_global_location_list (1);
3409 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3411 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3412 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3414 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3415 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3416 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3417 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3418 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3419 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3420 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3421 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3423 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3424 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3428 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3431 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3438 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3445 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3446 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3447 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3448 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3449 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3451 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3455 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3456 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3458 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3462 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3464 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3465 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3466 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3468 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3472 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3474 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3475 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3476 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3477 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3481 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3482 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3483 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3484 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3485 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3486 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3488 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3489 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3490 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3491 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3492 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3493 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3494 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3496 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3497 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3498 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3499 let finish_command delete it.
3501 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3502 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3503 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3504 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3505 solib breakpoints.) */
3507 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3512 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3513 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3515 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3517 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3521 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3522 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3524 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3529 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3531 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3533 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3534 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3536 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3537 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3539 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3540 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3543 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3547 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3550 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3551 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3557 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3558 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3559 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3560 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3561 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3564 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3568 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3569 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3571 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3572 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3575 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3576 This should not ever happen. */
3577 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3579 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3580 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3582 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3583 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3584 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3586 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3587 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3588 || bl
->section
== NULL
3589 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3591 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3592 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3596 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3597 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3598 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3600 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3601 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3603 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3604 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3605 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3606 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3610 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3612 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3613 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3616 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3617 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3618 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3619 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3621 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3622 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3623 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3624 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3625 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3626 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3632 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3637 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3638 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3639 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3640 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3645 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3647 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3649 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3650 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3652 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3653 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3655 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3656 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3657 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3660 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3661 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3664 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3665 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3671 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3678 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3681 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3683 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3684 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3686 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3687 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3690 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3691 This should not ever happen. */
3692 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3694 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3698 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3700 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3704 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3707 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3709 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3712 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3716 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3717 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3719 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3722 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3723 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3724 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3729 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3731 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3732 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3734 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3738 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3743 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3744 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3745 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3751 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3757 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3759 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3760 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3763 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3765 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3767 case bp_shlib_event
:
3769 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3770 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3771 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3772 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3773 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3775 (gdb) file prog-linux
3776 (gdb) run # native linux target
3779 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3780 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3783 case bp_step_resume
:
3785 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3787 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3792 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3793 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3797 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3798 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3800 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3802 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3803 insert_breakpoints. */
3805 value_free (w
->val
);
3816 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3817 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3818 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3819 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3822 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3823 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3824 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3825 match, not program space. */
3827 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3828 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3829 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3830 permanent breakpoint.
3831 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3832 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3833 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3834 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3835 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3837 enum breakpoint_here
3838 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3841 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3845 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3846 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3850 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3851 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3852 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3854 if (overlay_debugging
3855 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3856 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3857 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3858 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3859 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3861 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3865 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3868 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3871 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3873 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3876 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3877 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3883 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3884 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3885 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3886 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3889 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3892 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3896 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3897 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3901 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3903 if (overlay_debugging
3904 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3905 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3906 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3914 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3915 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3918 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3920 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3923 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3929 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3933 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3936 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3940 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3944 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3947 if (overlay_debugging
3948 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3949 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3964 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3965 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3967 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3971 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3973 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3974 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3980 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3981 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3985 /* Check for intersection. */
3986 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3987 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3995 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3996 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3999 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4002 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4003 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4009 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4010 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4013 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4015 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4018 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4021 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4023 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4024 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4025 it is now time to do so. */
4027 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4028 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4032 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4034 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4035 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4036 it is now time to do so. */
4038 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4039 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4055 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4059 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4061 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4064 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4068 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4070 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4071 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4072 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4073 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4077 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4078 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4081 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4098 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4099 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4102 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4106 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4111 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4113 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4114 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4115 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4116 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4117 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4119 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4120 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4124 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4134 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4137 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4142 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4144 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4150 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value
4153 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4157 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4159 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4160 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4161 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4163 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4164 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4166 if (newval
> result
)
4173 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4174 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4175 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4176 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4178 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4179 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4181 Return 1 otherwise. */
4184 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4189 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4191 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4192 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4193 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4194 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4195 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4197 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4199 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4206 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4208 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4211 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4214 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4218 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4220 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4222 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4224 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4230 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4233 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4235 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4237 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4239 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4240 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4241 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4242 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4243 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4247 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4250 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4253 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4255 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4258 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4259 or its equivalent. */
4262 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4264 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4265 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4268 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4269 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4270 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4271 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4273 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4274 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4275 bpstat of the current thread. */
4278 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4281 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4284 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4286 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4289 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4290 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4292 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4294 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4297 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4298 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4300 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4301 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4302 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4304 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4306 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4307 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4308 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4309 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4310 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4311 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4312 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4313 the tree when we're done. */
4314 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4315 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4316 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4317 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4318 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4320 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4326 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4328 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4334 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4335 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4339 if (target_can_async_p ())
4340 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4341 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4342 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4345 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4346 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4347 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4348 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4349 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4350 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4351 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4352 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4353 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4354 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4355 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4356 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4357 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4362 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4367 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4369 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4371 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4372 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4373 && target_has_execution
4374 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4375 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4376 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4377 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4378 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4379 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4380 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4383 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4386 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4389 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4392 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4395 struct value_print_options opts
;
4396 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4397 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4401 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4402 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4403 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4404 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4407 static enum print_stop_action
4408 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4410 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4413 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4414 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4418 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4419 relevant messages. */
4420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4423 case print_it_normal
:
4425 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4427 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4428 which has since been deleted. */
4430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4432 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4433 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4438 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4439 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4444 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4447 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4450 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4452 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4456 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4462 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4466 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4471 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4475 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4476 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4479 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4485 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4486 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4489 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4494 struct so_list
*iter
;
4496 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4499 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4502 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4508 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4509 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4512 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4516 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4517 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4518 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4519 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4520 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4521 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4522 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4525 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4526 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4527 code to print the location. An example is
4528 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4530 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4531 to also print the location part of the message.
4532 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4533 don't require a location appended to the end.
4534 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4535 further info to be printed. */
4537 enum print_stop_action
4538 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4542 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4543 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4544 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4545 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4546 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4548 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4549 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4550 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4551 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4555 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4556 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4557 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4558 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4560 print_solib_event (0);
4561 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4564 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4565 with and nothing was printed. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4569 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4570 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4571 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4572 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4575 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4577 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4578 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4580 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4584 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4587 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4591 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4593 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4594 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4595 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4596 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4597 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4598 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4599 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4601 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4605 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4606 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4609 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4611 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4613 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4615 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4617 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4618 as not triggered. */
4620 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4624 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4630 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4632 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4633 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4635 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4637 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4639 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4642 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4645 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4646 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4650 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4655 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4658 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4660 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4661 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4663 if (newaddr
== start
)
4665 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4669 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4670 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4674 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4683 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4684 because of check_errors). */
4685 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4686 #define WP_DELETED 1
4687 /* The value has changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4689 /* The value has not changed. */
4690 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4691 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4694 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4695 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4697 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4700 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4701 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4704 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4706 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4707 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4708 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4709 int within_current_scope
;
4711 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4712 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4713 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4721 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4722 within_current_scope
= 1;
4725 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4726 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4727 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4729 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4730 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4731 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4732 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4733 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4734 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4735 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4736 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4737 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4741 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4742 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4744 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4745 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4746 if (within_current_scope
)
4748 struct symbol
*function
;
4750 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4751 if (function
== NULL
4752 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4753 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4754 within_current_scope
= 0;
4757 if (within_current_scope
)
4758 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4759 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4764 if (within_current_scope
)
4766 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4767 time before we return to the command level and call
4768 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4769 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4773 struct value
*new_val
;
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4776 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4777 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4778 a mask watchpoint. */
4779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4781 mark
= value_mark ();
4782 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4784 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4785 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4786 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4787 not what we want. */
4788 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4789 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4791 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4793 release_value (new_val
);
4794 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4796 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4803 /* Nothing changed. */
4804 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4812 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4813 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4814 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4815 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4816 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4817 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4818 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4819 the first value assigned). */
4820 /* We print all the stop information in
4821 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4822 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4823 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4827 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4828 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4829 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4832 which its expression is valid.\n");
4834 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4835 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4842 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4843 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4844 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4847 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4848 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4849 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4851 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4853 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4854 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4856 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4859 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4860 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4863 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4865 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4866 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4868 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4869 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4870 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4871 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4872 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4875 int must_check_value
= 0;
4877 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4878 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4880 must_check_value
= 1;
4881 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4882 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4883 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4885 must_check_value
= 1;
4886 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4887 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4888 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4889 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4890 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4891 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4892 must_check_value
= 1;
4894 if (must_check_value
)
4897 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4899 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4900 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4902 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4906 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4907 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4911 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4914 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4915 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4917 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4919 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4920 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4921 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4922 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4923 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4924 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4925 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4928 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4929 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4932 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4933 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4934 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4935 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4937 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4938 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4939 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4942 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4943 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4944 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4945 changes. This still gives false positives when
4946 the program writes the same value to memory as
4947 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4948 it for a read), but it's much better than
4951 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4953 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4955 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4958 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4961 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4962 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4964 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4965 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4967 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4973 if (other_write_watchpoint
4974 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4976 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4977 and the value changed since the last time we
4978 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4980 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4985 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4987 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4989 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4990 the value hasn't changed. */
4991 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4999 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5000 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5001 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5002 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5003 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5007 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5009 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5010 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5011 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5012 anything for this watchpoint. */
5013 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5020 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5021 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5022 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5025 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5027 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5028 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5031 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5032 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5033 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5034 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5035 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5037 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5038 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5039 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5041 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5042 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5046 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5047 struct expression
*cond
;
5049 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5050 method implemented. */
5051 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5052 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5054 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5063 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5065 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5066 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5068 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5069 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5070 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5071 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5073 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5075 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5076 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5080 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5081 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5082 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5083 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5084 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5086 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5087 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5090 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5092 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5093 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5094 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5095 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5096 really matter which instantiation of the function
5097 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5098 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5099 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5100 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5101 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5102 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5103 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5104 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5106 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5108 select_frame (frame
);
5110 within_current_scope
= 0;
5112 if (within_current_scope
)
5114 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5115 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5119 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5120 "in the current scope"));
5121 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5122 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5125 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5129 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5133 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5137 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5140 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5142 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5150 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5151 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5153 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5154 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5157 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5159 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5161 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5162 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5163 several reasons concurrently.)
5165 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5166 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5169 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5170 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5171 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5173 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5174 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5175 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5176 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5177 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5178 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5181 int need_remove_insert
;
5184 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5185 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5186 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5187 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5188 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5189 inferior function calls. */
5193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5196 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5198 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5199 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5200 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5201 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5202 checked all locations already. */
5203 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5206 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5209 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5212 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5215 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5218 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5219 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5220 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5224 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5225 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5226 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5228 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5230 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5232 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5237 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5239 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5241 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5242 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5245 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5249 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5250 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5251 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5253 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5255 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5257 handle_solib_event ();
5262 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5263 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5264 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5268 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5273 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5274 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5277 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5284 /* We will stop here. */
5285 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5287 --(b
->enable_count
);
5288 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5289 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5290 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5295 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5296 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5297 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5298 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5304 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5306 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5307 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5310 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5311 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5312 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5314 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5315 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5316 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5318 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5319 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5321 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5323 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5324 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5327 if (need_remove_insert
)
5328 update_global_location_list (1);
5329 else if (removed_any
)
5330 update_global_location_list (0);
5336 handle_jit_event (void)
5338 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5341 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5342 breakpoint_re_set. */
5343 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5345 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5346 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5348 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5350 target_terminal_inferior ();
5353 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5356 handle_solib_event (void)
5358 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5360 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5361 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5362 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5363 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5365 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5367 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5369 target_terminal_inferior ();
5372 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5374 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5377 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5379 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5383 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5384 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5385 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5387 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5389 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5390 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5391 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5394 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5396 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5397 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5401 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5411 case bp_shlib_event
:
5415 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5420 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5424 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5425 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5429 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5435 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5436 This requires no further action. */
5440 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5442 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5443 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5445 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5446 case bp_exception_resume
:
5447 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5448 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5450 case bp_step_resume
:
5452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5455 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5459 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5464 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5468 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5469 case bp_thread_event
:
5470 case bp_overlay_event
:
5471 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5472 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5473 case bp_exception_master
:
5474 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5486 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5487 This requires no further action. */
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5500 case bp_std_terminate
:
5501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5503 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5504 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5507 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5508 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5509 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5510 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5512 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5513 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5516 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5517 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5519 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5520 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5521 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5526 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5530 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5531 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5534 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5537 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5538 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5543 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5545 handle_jit_event ();
5548 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5550 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5559 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5560 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5568 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5569 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5570 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5573 bpstat_should_step (void)
5575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5578 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5584 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5586 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5595 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5596 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5597 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5600 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5602 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5603 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5607 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5609 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5611 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5612 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5613 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5618 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5624 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5625 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5627 "host": Host evals condition.
5628 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5629 "target": Target evals condition.
5633 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5635 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5636 char host_evals
= 0;
5637 char target_evals
= 0;
5642 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5645 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5646 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5647 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5649 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5651 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5657 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5658 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5659 else if (target_evals
)
5660 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5662 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5665 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5666 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5669 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5671 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5674 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5675 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5676 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5678 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5679 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5681 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5684 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5687 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5688 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5690 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5693 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5697 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5699 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5701 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5704 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5708 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5709 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5710 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5711 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5715 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5719 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5720 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5725 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5729 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5730 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5732 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5734 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5736 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5741 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5742 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5743 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5745 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5746 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5747 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5748 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5751 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5755 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5757 struct ep_type_description
5762 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5764 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5765 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5767 {bp_until
, "until"},
5768 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5769 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5773 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5774 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5775 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5776 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5777 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5778 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5779 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5780 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5781 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5782 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5783 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5784 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5785 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5786 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5787 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5788 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5789 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5790 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5792 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5793 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5794 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5795 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5796 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5799 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5800 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5801 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5802 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5805 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5810 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5811 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5814 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5815 const char *field_name
,
5819 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5821 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5825 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5826 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5827 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5830 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5836 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5837 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5842 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5844 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5846 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5850 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5853 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5856 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5857 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5859 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5862 struct command_line
*l
;
5863 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5865 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5866 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5867 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5868 struct value_print_options opts
;
5870 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5872 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5873 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5874 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5877 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5878 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5886 if (part_of_multiple
)
5889 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5895 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5900 if (part_of_multiple
)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5907 if (part_of_multiple
)
5908 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5915 if (part_of_multiple
)
5916 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5918 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5919 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5920 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5924 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5926 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5927 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5928 make sure there's just one location. */
5929 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5930 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5936 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5937 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5941 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5942 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5943 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5945 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5947 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5948 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5949 is relatively readable). */
5950 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5951 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5953 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5958 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5962 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5963 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5965 case bp_exception_resume
:
5966 case bp_step_resume
:
5967 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5968 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5970 case bp_std_terminate
:
5971 case bp_shlib_event
:
5972 case bp_thread_event
:
5973 case bp_overlay_event
:
5974 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5975 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5976 case bp_exception_master
:
5978 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5979 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5982 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5983 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5984 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5987 if (header_of_multiple
)
5988 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5989 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5993 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5996 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5997 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6004 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6006 struct inferior
*inf
;
6007 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6012 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6013 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6016 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6017 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6019 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6020 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6021 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6022 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6023 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6024 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6026 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6027 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6030 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6032 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6034 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6035 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6037 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6039 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6042 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6048 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6049 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6051 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6055 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6057 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6058 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6062 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6065 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6066 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6071 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6072 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6073 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6074 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6075 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6077 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6078 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6079 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6080 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6085 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6087 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6089 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6090 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6093 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6097 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6098 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6100 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6103 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6104 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6105 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6106 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6113 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6119 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6122 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6123 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6124 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6127 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6128 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6129 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6130 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6134 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6135 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6136 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6140 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6141 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6144 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6146 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6148 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6150 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6151 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6152 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6156 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6157 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6159 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6162 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6163 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6164 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6167 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6169 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6171 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6173 annotate_field (10);
6174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6175 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6176 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6179 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6181 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6183 annotate_field (11);
6185 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6186 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6187 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6194 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6199 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6201 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6203 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6205 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6207 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6208 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6213 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6214 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6217 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6220 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6222 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6223 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6225 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6226 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6227 locations, if any. */
6228 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6230 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6231 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6232 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6235 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6236 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6238 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6239 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6241 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6244 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6246 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6247 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6248 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6249 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6256 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6258 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6259 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6261 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6265 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6266 an address to print. */
6267 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6270 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6271 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6272 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6275 return print_address_bits
;
6278 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6284 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6286 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6288 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6292 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6294 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6302 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6303 char **error_message
)
6305 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6308 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6310 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6311 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6317 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6318 internal or momentary. */
6321 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6323 return b
->number
> 0;
6326 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6327 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6328 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6329 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6330 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6331 breakpoints listed. */
6334 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6335 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6338 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6339 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6340 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6341 struct value_print_options opts
;
6342 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6343 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6344 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6346 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6348 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6349 required for address fields. */
6350 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6353 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6354 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6357 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6358 accept. Skip the others. */
6359 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6361 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6363 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6367 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6369 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6371 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6372 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6373 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6375 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6376 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6377 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6383 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6385 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6386 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6390 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6391 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6395 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6402 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6405 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6406 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6409 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6411 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6413 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6415 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6417 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6418 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6420 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6422 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6423 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6424 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6425 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6430 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6431 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6434 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6435 accept. Skip the others. */
6437 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6439 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6441 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6444 else /* all others */
6446 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6450 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6452 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6453 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6456 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6458 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6460 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6464 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6465 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6467 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6468 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6474 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6475 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6478 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6479 there have been breakpoints? */
6480 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6482 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6485 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6486 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6489 default_collect_info (void)
6491 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6493 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6494 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6496 if (!*default_collect
)
6499 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6502 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6503 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6507 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6509 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6511 default_collect_info ();
6515 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6517 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6518 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6520 if (num_printed
== 0)
6522 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6523 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6525 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6530 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6532 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6534 default_collect_info ();
6538 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6539 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6540 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6542 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6544 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6546 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6547 && bl
->address
== pc
6548 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6554 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6555 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6559 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6560 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6561 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6564 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6567 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6568 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6572 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6573 else /* if (others == ???) */
6574 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6576 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6579 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6580 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6581 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6582 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6583 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6584 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6585 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6586 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6588 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6592 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6594 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6595 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6596 printf_filtered (".\n");
6601 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6602 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6603 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6604 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6606 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6607 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6608 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6609 breakpoint at address zero:
6617 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6619 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6621 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6624 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6625 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6628 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6629 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6631 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6632 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6634 /* Both of them must exist. */
6635 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6636 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6638 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6639 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6640 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6641 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6642 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6643 other watchpoint. */
6645 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6647 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6650 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6652 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6656 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6657 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6658 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6659 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6660 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6661 become hw_access locations later. */
6662 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6663 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6664 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6665 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6668 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6669 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6670 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6671 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6674 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6675 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6677 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6678 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6682 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6683 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6684 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6685 space doesn't really matter. */
6688 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6689 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6692 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6693 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6694 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6697 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6698 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6699 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6700 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6703 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6704 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6707 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6710 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6711 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6715 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6716 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6717 true, otherwise returns false. */
6720 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6721 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6723 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6724 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6725 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6726 different locations. */
6727 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6732 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6733 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6734 represent the same location. */
6737 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6738 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6740 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6742 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6743 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6744 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6746 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6747 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6749 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6752 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6753 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6754 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6756 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6757 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6758 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6759 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6763 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6764 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6766 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6767 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6771 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6772 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6774 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6775 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6777 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6780 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6781 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6782 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6783 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6786 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6787 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6789 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6791 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6794 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6795 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6796 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6797 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6798 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6800 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6801 have their addresses modified. */
6806 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6808 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6809 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6810 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6812 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6813 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6815 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6816 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6818 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6823 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6824 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6826 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6828 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6833 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6834 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6837 switch (owner
->type
)
6843 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6844 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6846 case bp_exception_resume
:
6847 case bp_step_resume
:
6848 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6849 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6851 case bp_std_terminate
:
6852 case bp_shlib_event
:
6853 case bp_thread_event
:
6854 case bp_overlay_event
:
6856 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6857 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6858 case bp_exception_master
:
6859 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6860 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6862 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6863 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6866 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6867 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6870 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6871 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6872 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6877 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6878 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6879 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6882 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6888 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6890 static struct bp_location
*
6891 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6893 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6897 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6899 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6903 /* Increment reference count. */
6906 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6911 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6912 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6915 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6917 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6919 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6920 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6924 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6927 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6929 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6931 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6932 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6934 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6936 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6945 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6948 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6949 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6951 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6953 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6955 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6959 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6960 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6961 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6963 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6966 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6968 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6969 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6970 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6971 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6974 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6975 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6977 static struct breakpoint
*
6978 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6980 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6982 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6984 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6985 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6989 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6990 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6994 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6996 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6998 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6999 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7000 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7003 const char *function_name
;
7004 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7006 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7007 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7009 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7011 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7013 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7014 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7015 &loc
->requested_address
))
7017 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7018 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7019 loc
->requested_address
,
7022 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7023 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7025 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7026 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7027 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7028 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7030 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7035 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7039 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7041 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7044 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7046 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7051 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7052 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7053 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7055 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7056 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7057 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7060 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7061 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7062 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7064 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7066 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7068 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7069 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7071 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7072 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7074 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7075 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7077 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7080 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7081 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7082 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7083 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7084 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7085 is also returned as the value of this function.
7087 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7088 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7089 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7090 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7091 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7092 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7093 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7096 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7097 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7098 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7100 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7102 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7103 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7108 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7109 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7113 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7115 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7117 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7118 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7119 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7120 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7121 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7122 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7126 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7127 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7128 initiated the operation. */
7131 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7133 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7134 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7136 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7137 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7138 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7139 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7141 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7142 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7143 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7145 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7146 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7148 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7149 after their removal. */
7150 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7151 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7152 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7155 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7158 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7160 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7162 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7165 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7167 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7168 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7173 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7175 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7178 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7180 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7181 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7185 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7186 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7187 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7191 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7193 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7196 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7198 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7200 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7201 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7202 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7204 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7206 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7209 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7210 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7211 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7212 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7218 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7219 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7222 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7223 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7227 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7229 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7232 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7234 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7236 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7237 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7238 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7239 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7242 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7244 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7246 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7247 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7248 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7250 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7255 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7257 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7260 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7262 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7263 update_global_location_list (1);
7264 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7269 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7274 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7276 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7277 update_global_location_list (0);
7278 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7282 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7283 master breakpoint. */
7285 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7287 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7290 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7291 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7293 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7294 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7298 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7300 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7305 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7306 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7310 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7312 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7314 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7315 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7317 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7318 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7320 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7322 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7328 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7330 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7333 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7334 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7335 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7338 struct lang_and_radix
7344 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7347 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7349 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7351 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7352 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7353 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7357 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7360 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7362 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7365 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7366 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7367 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7371 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7373 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7376 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7377 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7382 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7386 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7387 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7388 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7392 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7393 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7396 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7398 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7400 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7402 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7403 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7405 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7406 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7407 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7408 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7409 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7410 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7411 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7412 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7413 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7414 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7415 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7417 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7419 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7423 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7428 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7429 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7433 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7435 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7436 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7438 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7439 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7440 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7441 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7442 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7443 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7446 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7448 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7451 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7452 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7453 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7454 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7455 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7456 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7457 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7458 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7459 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7461 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7462 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7463 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7464 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7467 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7470 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7472 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7473 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7474 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7477 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7482 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7484 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7485 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7486 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7487 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7488 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7490 struct fork_catchpoint
7492 /* The base class. */
7493 struct breakpoint base
;
7495 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7496 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7497 catchpoint has triggered. */
7498 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7501 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7505 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7507 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7510 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7514 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7516 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7519 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7523 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7524 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7525 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7527 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7529 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7532 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7536 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7539 static enum print_stop_action
7540 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7542 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7543 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7544 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7546 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7547 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7548 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7553 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7554 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7555 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7557 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7558 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7559 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7561 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7564 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7568 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7570 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7571 struct value_print_options opts
;
7572 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7574 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7576 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7577 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7579 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7580 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7582 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7583 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7585 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7586 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7587 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7588 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7591 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7592 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7595 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7599 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7601 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7604 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7608 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7610 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7611 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7614 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7616 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7618 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7622 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7624 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7627 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7631 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7633 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7636 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7640 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7641 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7642 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7644 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7646 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7649 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7653 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7656 static enum print_stop_action
7657 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7659 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7660 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7661 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7663 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7664 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7665 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7667 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7670 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7671 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7672 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7674 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7675 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7676 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7677 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7678 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7681 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7685 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7687 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7688 struct value_print_options opts
;
7689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7691 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7692 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7693 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7695 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7696 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7698 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7699 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7701 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7702 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7703 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7704 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7707 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7708 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7711 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7715 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7717 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7720 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7724 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7727 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7730 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7732 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7734 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7735 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7736 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7737 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7738 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7740 struct solib_catchpoint
7742 /* The base class. */
7743 struct breakpoint base
;
7745 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7746 unsigned char is_load
;
7748 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7749 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7755 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7757 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7760 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7761 xfree (self
->regex
);
7763 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7767 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7773 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7779 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7780 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7782 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7784 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7785 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7787 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7792 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7794 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7797 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7800 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7803 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7805 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7814 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7816 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7817 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7822 struct so_list
*iter
;
7825 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7830 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7839 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7844 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7850 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7853 static enum print_stop_action
7854 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7856 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7859 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7860 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7861 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7863 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7864 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7867 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7868 print_solib_event (1);
7869 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7873 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7875 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7876 struct value_print_options opts
;
7877 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7880 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7881 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7882 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7884 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7887 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7894 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7896 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7901 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7903 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7910 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7914 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7916 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7918 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7919 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7923 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7925 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7928 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7929 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7935 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7937 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7938 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7939 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7940 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7941 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7942 created in an enabled state. */
7945 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7947 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7948 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7949 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7953 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7955 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7956 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7962 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7965 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7967 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7968 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7970 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7973 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7974 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7975 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7977 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7979 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7980 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7983 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7987 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7988 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7991 const int enabled
= 1;
7993 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7995 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7999 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8000 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8002 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8006 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8007 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8009 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8012 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8013 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8014 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8015 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8016 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8018 struct syscall_catchpoint
8020 /* The base class. */
8021 struct breakpoint base
;
8023 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8024 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8025 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8026 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8027 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8030 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8034 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8036 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8038 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8040 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8043 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8045 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8047 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8048 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8049 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8051 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8052 int any_syscall_count
;
8054 /* Count of each system call. */
8055 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8057 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8058 if any catching is necessary. */
8059 int total_syscalls_count
;
8062 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8063 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8065 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8067 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8068 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8070 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8071 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8078 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8084 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8088 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8090 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8091 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8092 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8093 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8095 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8096 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8097 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8103 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8108 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8110 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8111 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8112 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8114 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8115 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8116 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8118 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8119 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8121 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8122 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8126 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8127 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8128 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8130 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8132 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8135 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8139 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8141 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8142 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8143 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8144 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8146 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8147 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8148 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8154 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8158 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8159 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8161 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8162 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8166 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8167 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8168 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8170 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8172 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8175 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8179 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8180 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8181 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8183 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8184 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8185 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8186 int syscall_number
= 0;
8187 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8188 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8190 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8191 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8194 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8196 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8197 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8202 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8204 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8214 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8217 static enum print_stop_action
8218 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8220 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8221 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8222 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8223 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8224 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8225 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8227 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8230 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8232 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8234 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8236 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8237 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8239 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8240 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8242 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8243 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8244 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8245 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8250 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8251 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8253 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8255 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8256 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8260 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8262 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8265 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8269 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8270 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8272 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8273 struct value_print_options opts
;
8274 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8276 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8277 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8278 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8280 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8281 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8284 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8285 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8288 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8290 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8293 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8296 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8301 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8304 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8306 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8308 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8309 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8313 /* Remove the last comma. */
8314 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8315 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8318 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8319 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8321 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8322 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8325 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8329 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8331 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8333 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8337 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8338 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8340 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8343 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8347 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8350 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8352 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8354 printf_filtered (")");
8357 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8361 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8365 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8367 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8371 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8376 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8381 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8385 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8388 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8391 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8393 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8395 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8398 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8400 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8403 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8404 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8405 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8406 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8409 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8410 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8412 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8414 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8417 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8419 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8421 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8422 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8426 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8428 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8429 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8430 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8431 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8434 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8437 update_global_location_list (1);
8441 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8442 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8443 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8445 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8447 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8449 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8451 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8454 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8456 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8457 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8458 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8459 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8460 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8462 struct exec_catchpoint
8464 /* The base class. */
8465 struct breakpoint base
;
8467 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8468 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8470 char *exec_pathname
;
8473 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8477 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8479 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8481 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8483 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8487 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8489 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8493 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8495 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8499 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8500 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8501 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8503 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8505 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8508 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8512 static enum print_stop_action
8513 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8515 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8516 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8517 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8519 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8520 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8528 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8530 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8531 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8532 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8535 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8539 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8541 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8542 struct value_print_options opts
;
8543 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8545 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8547 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8548 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8549 is relatively readable). */
8550 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8551 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8553 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8554 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8556 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8557 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8561 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8562 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8566 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8568 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8571 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8575 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8578 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8581 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8584 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8585 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8587 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8588 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8590 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8591 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8592 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8594 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8598 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8602 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8606 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8607 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8609 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8611 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8618 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8622 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8625 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8627 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8630 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8632 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8634 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8640 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8641 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8642 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8643 types _not_ TYPE. */
8646 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8647 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8652 *other_type_used
= 0;
8657 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8660 if (b
->type
== type
)
8661 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8662 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8663 *other_type_used
= 1;
8670 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8676 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8678 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8679 update_global_location_list (0);
8685 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8691 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8693 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8694 update_global_location_list (1);
8700 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8702 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8703 update_global_location_list (0);
8707 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8709 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8710 breakpoint_re_set ();
8714 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8715 at address specified by SAL.
8716 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8719 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8720 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8724 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8726 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8728 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8729 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8730 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8731 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8733 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8734 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8736 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8737 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8739 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8744 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8745 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8748 static struct breakpoint
*
8749 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8751 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8753 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8755 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8756 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8757 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8759 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8760 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8761 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8762 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8763 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8764 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8766 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8767 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8769 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8770 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8771 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8772 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8774 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8775 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8776 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8778 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8782 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8786 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8788 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8792 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8796 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8799 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8801 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8803 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8804 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8806 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8810 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8813 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8815 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8816 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8818 printf_filtered ("\n");
8822 static struct bp_location
*
8823 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8824 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8826 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8827 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8828 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8830 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8831 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8833 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8834 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8835 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8836 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8837 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8838 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8839 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8842 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8843 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8847 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8848 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8849 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8850 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8851 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8852 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8853 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8855 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8856 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8857 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8859 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8860 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8865 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8866 return 0 otherwise. */
8869 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8873 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8874 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8875 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8878 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8880 addr
= loc
->address
;
8881 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8883 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8887 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8889 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8890 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8891 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8892 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8894 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8895 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8897 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8898 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8901 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8906 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8907 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8910 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8912 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8913 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8918 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8920 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8922 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8924 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8926 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8927 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8929 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8930 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8931 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8933 if (!dprintf_function
)
8934 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8936 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8937 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8942 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8946 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8948 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8949 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8952 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8953 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8957 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8958 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8960 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8961 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8963 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8965 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8967 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8968 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8969 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8970 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8971 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8972 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8975 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8976 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8977 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8978 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8979 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8980 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8982 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8986 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8987 current style settings. */
8990 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8991 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8993 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8997 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8998 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9002 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9003 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9004 as condition expression. */
9007 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9008 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9009 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9011 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9012 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9013 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9014 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9015 int display_canonical
)
9019 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9021 int target_resources_ok
;
9023 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9024 target_resources_ok
=
9025 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9027 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9028 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9029 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9030 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9033 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9035 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9037 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9038 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9042 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9044 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9046 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9047 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9052 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9056 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9057 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9058 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9059 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9060 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9062 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9063 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9065 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9067 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9068 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9070 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9072 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9073 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9074 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9078 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9080 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9082 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9083 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9085 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9087 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9089 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9091 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9092 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9094 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9096 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9099 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9100 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9107 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9108 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9112 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9113 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9117 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9118 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9119 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9121 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9124 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9125 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9126 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9128 if (b
->extra_string
)
9129 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9131 error (_("Format string required"));
9133 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9134 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9137 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9139 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9141 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9144 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9149 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9150 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9151 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9153 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9154 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9156 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9157 int display_canonical
)
9159 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9160 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9162 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9164 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9166 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9170 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9172 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9174 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9176 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9178 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9180 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9182 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9184 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9187 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9188 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9189 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9190 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9191 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9192 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9193 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9194 we take just a single condition string.
9196 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9197 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9198 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9199 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9200 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9203 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9204 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9205 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9206 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9207 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9208 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9209 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9212 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9214 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9215 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9217 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9219 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9220 'break', without arguments. */
9221 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9222 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9224 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9225 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9227 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9228 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9231 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9233 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9234 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9235 canonical
->special_display
);
9236 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9240 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9241 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9242 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9243 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9245 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9246 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9249 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9250 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9252 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9254 if ((*address
) == NULL
9255 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9257 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9259 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9261 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9262 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9265 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9266 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9267 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9269 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9270 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9271 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9272 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9273 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9274 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9276 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9278 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9279 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9280 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9281 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9282 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9284 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9286 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9287 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9288 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9290 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9293 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9297 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9299 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9300 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9301 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9302 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9304 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9305 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9306 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9308 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9309 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9310 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9311 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9312 get_last_displayed_line (),
9313 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9315 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9316 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9321 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9322 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9325 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9329 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9330 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9333 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9334 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9335 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9336 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9337 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9341 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9342 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9345 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9347 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9349 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9351 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9353 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9355 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9356 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9357 associated with SAL. */
9360 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9362 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9365 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9366 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9368 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9372 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9374 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9375 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9377 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9380 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9381 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9382 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9383 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9384 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9385 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9388 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9389 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9392 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9401 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9402 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9404 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9406 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9408 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9412 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9414 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9416 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9418 struct expression
*expr
;
9420 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9421 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9424 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9426 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9432 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9434 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9435 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9436 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9438 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9444 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9446 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9447 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9448 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9452 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9456 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9460 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9462 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9463 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9465 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9466 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9467 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9468 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9473 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9475 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9477 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9478 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9480 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9481 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9482 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9484 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9485 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9487 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9489 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9491 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9493 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9495 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9496 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9498 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9501 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9507 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9508 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9509 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9510 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9511 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9512 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9513 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9514 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9515 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9519 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9520 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9521 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9522 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9523 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9525 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9526 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9527 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9530 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9531 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9532 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9533 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9534 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9535 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9538 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9540 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9542 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9544 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9546 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9547 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9550 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9554 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9560 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9562 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9565 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9566 throw_exception (e
);
9568 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9570 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9571 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9572 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9573 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9574 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9577 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9578 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9579 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9580 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9582 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9584 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9585 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9586 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9587 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9588 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9590 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9594 throw_exception (e
);
9598 throw_exception (e
);
9601 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9602 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9604 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9605 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9606 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9607 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9608 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9610 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9611 are ok for the target. */
9615 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9617 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9618 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9621 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9622 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9625 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9627 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9628 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9631 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9632 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9636 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9638 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9640 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9643 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9644 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9645 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9646 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9648 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9649 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9651 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9653 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9655 extra_string
= rest
;
9659 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9662 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9665 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9668 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9669 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9673 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9674 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9675 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9676 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9677 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9681 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9683 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9685 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9687 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9689 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9693 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9695 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9697 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9698 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9699 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9702 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9705 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9706 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9708 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9710 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9711 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9712 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9713 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9714 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9715 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9716 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9717 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9719 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9722 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9724 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9725 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9726 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9729 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9731 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9732 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9733 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9735 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9736 update_global_location_list (1);
9741 /* Set a breakpoint.
9742 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9743 condition, and thread.
9744 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9745 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9749 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9751 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9752 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9753 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9755 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9756 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9758 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9759 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9760 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9762 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9764 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9766 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9767 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9768 0 /* Ignore count */,
9769 pending_break_support
,
9777 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9780 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9784 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9786 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9787 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9788 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9791 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9792 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9793 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9794 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9797 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9799 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9803 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9806 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9809 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9810 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9814 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9815 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9816 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9817 happen in assembly source). */
9819 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9820 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9822 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9824 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9826 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9828 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9835 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9837 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9841 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9843 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9847 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9849 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9853 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9855 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9859 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9861 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9862 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9863 stop at <line>\n"));
9867 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9871 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9873 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9878 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9879 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9880 function/method name. */
9881 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9883 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9888 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9890 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9894 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9896 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9900 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9904 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9911 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9912 it is probably a line number. */
9913 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9915 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9920 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9922 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9926 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9928 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9931 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9932 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9933 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9937 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9939 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9941 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9943 0 /* Ignore count */,
9944 pending_break_support
,
9945 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9953 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9955 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9958 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9959 ranged breakpoints. */
9962 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9963 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9965 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9967 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9968 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9971 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9972 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9975 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9976 ranged breakpoints. */
9979 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9981 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9984 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9985 ranged breakpoints. */
9987 static enum print_stop_action
9988 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9990 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9991 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9992 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9994 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9996 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9997 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9999 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10000 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10003 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10006 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10007 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10008 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10010 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10011 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10013 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10016 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10017 ranged breakpoints. */
10020 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10021 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10023 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10024 struct value_print_options opts
;
10025 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10027 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10028 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10030 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10032 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10033 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10034 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10035 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10036 annotate_field (5);
10037 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10041 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10042 ranged breakpoints. */
10045 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10046 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10048 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10049 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10050 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10051 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10055 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10056 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10059 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10060 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10061 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10062 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10063 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10065 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10068 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10069 ranged breakpoints. */
10072 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10074 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10075 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10078 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10083 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10084 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10085 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10088 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10089 ranged breakpoints. */
10092 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10095 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10096 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10101 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10103 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10104 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10105 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10106 last instruction of the given line. */
10109 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10113 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10114 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10115 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10122 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10124 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10126 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10133 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10136 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10138 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10139 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10140 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10142 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10143 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10144 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10145 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10147 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10148 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10149 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10151 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10152 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10153 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10155 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10156 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10158 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10159 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10160 error(_("No address range specified."));
10162 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10165 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10167 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10170 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10171 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10172 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10174 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10176 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10177 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10178 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10180 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10181 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10182 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10184 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10185 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10187 /* Parse the end location. */
10189 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10192 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10193 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10194 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10195 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10196 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10197 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10198 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10199 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10201 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10203 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10204 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10206 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10207 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10208 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10209 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10211 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10212 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10213 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10215 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10216 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10217 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10219 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10221 /* Length overflowed. */
10222 error (_("Address range too large."));
10223 else if (length
== 1)
10225 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10226 the `hbreak' command. */
10227 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10229 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10234 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10235 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10236 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10237 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10238 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10239 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10240 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10241 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10242 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10244 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10247 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10248 update_global_location_list (1);
10251 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10252 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10253 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10257 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10259 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10265 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10266 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10269 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10279 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10280 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10281 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10282 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10283 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10285 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10313 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10316 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10317 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10322 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10323 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10324 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10325 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10326 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10327 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10328 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10330 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10331 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10336 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10338 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10339 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10340 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10341 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10343 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10344 are always constant. */
10346 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10348 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10349 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10350 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10355 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10356 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10357 then it is not a constant. */
10366 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10369 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10371 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10373 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10375 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10376 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10377 value_free (w
->val
);
10379 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10382 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10385 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10387 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10389 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10390 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10392 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10393 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10394 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10395 are loaded and unloaded.
10397 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10398 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10399 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10400 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10401 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10402 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10404 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10405 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10406 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10407 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10409 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10410 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10412 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10413 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10414 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10417 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10420 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10422 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10423 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10425 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10429 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10432 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10434 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10435 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10437 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10442 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10443 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10444 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10446 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10447 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10449 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10450 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10451 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10452 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10453 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10454 (did not match the data address). */
10455 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10456 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10463 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10465 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10467 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10470 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10471 hardware watchpoints. */
10474 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10476 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10477 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10479 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10482 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10483 hardware watchpoints. */
10486 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10488 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10489 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10492 static enum print_stop_action
10493 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10495 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10496 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10497 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10498 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10499 enum print_stop_action result
;
10500 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10501 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10503 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10505 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10506 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10507 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10509 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10510 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10514 case bp_watchpoint
:
10515 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10516 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10517 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10518 ui_out_field_string
10520 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10522 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10524 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10525 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10526 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10527 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10528 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10530 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10531 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10534 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10535 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10536 ui_out_field_string
10538 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10540 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10542 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10543 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10545 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10548 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10549 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10551 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10553 ui_out_field_string
10555 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10557 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10559 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10560 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10561 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10567 ui_out_field_string
10569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10570 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10571 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10573 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10574 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10575 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10576 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10579 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10582 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10586 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10590 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10592 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10593 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10594 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10598 case bp_watchpoint
:
10599 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10600 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10602 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10603 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10604 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10606 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10607 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10608 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10610 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10612 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10615 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10616 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10619 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10620 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10621 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10622 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10625 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10629 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10631 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10635 case bp_watchpoint
:
10636 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10639 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10642 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10646 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10647 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10651 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10654 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10656 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10658 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10659 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10662 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10664 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10666 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10667 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10670 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10671 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10674 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10676 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10678 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10679 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10682 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10686 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10688 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10690 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10693 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10697 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10702 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10703 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10705 static enum print_stop_action
10706 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10708 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10709 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10711 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10712 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10716 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10717 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10724 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10731 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10732 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10733 ui_out_field_string
10735 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10738 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10739 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10743 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10744 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10745 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10746 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10748 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10749 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10752 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10753 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10756 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10757 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10759 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10761 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10762 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10764 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10765 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10769 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10770 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10773 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10775 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10776 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10777 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10781 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10783 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10785 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10786 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10787 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10789 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10790 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10791 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10794 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10795 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10798 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10799 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10800 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10801 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10804 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10805 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10808 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10810 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10815 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10818 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10821 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10825 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10826 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10829 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10830 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10831 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10834 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10836 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10838 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10841 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10843 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10846 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10847 hw_read: watch read,
10848 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10850 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10851 int just_location
, int internal
)
10853 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10854 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10855 struct expression
*exp
;
10856 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10857 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10858 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10859 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10860 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10861 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10863 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10864 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10865 enum bptype bp_type
;
10868 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10869 the hardware watchpoint. */
10871 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10872 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10874 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10875 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10879 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10880 of the arguments string. */
10881 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10883 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10884 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10887 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10888 This is the value of the parameter. */
10889 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10891 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10893 /* Skip whitespace. */
10894 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10899 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10900 This is the parameter itself. */
10901 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10904 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10906 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10908 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10909 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10910 only in a specific thread. */
10914 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10916 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10917 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10919 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10921 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10922 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10924 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10925 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10926 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10928 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10930 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10931 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10933 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10936 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10938 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10940 mark
= value_mark ();
10941 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10942 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10943 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10946 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10949 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10950 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10955 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10956 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10958 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10960 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10961 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10963 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10966 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10967 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10971 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10972 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10974 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10977 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10978 mark
= value_mark ();
10979 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10985 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10986 val
= value_addr (result
);
10987 release_value (val
);
10988 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10992 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10995 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10996 else if (ret
== -2)
10997 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11000 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11001 release_value (val
);
11003 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11004 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
11006 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11007 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11009 struct expression
*cond
;
11011 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11012 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11013 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11015 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11016 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11017 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11023 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11025 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11026 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11027 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11028 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11030 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11032 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11034 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11035 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11036 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11037 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11038 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11040 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11043 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11044 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11045 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11046 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11048 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11050 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11051 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11053 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11054 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11056 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11057 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11058 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11059 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11060 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11061 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11062 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11063 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11064 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11068 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11070 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11074 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11077 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11078 b
->thread
= thread
;
11079 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11080 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11082 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11083 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11086 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11087 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11090 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11091 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11093 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11094 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11097 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11098 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11100 /* The above expression is in C. */
11101 b
->language
= language_c
;
11104 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11108 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11117 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11119 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11123 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11124 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11128 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11129 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11132 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11134 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11135 need to act on them together. */
11136 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11137 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11140 if (!just_location
)
11141 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11143 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11145 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11146 that should be inserted. */
11147 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11151 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11152 throw_exception (e
);
11155 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11158 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11159 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11162 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11164 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11165 struct value
*head
= v
;
11167 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11168 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11171 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11172 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11173 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11174 hardware watchpoint.
11176 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11177 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11178 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11179 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11180 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11181 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11182 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11183 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11184 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11186 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11187 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11188 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11189 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11190 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11192 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11194 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11195 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11196 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11197 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11198 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11199 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11203 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11204 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11205 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11207 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11208 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11209 middle of some value chain. */
11211 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11212 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11214 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11218 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11219 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11220 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11222 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11226 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11230 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11231 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11232 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11233 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11234 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11237 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11238 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11239 return found_memory_cnt
;
11243 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11245 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11248 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11249 calls watch_command_1. */
11252 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11254 int just_location
= 0;
11257 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11258 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11260 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11264 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11268 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11270 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11274 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11276 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11280 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11282 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11286 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11288 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11292 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11294 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11298 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11299 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11301 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11303 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11304 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11308 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11309 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11310 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11313 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11315 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11317 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11318 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11319 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11320 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11324 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11326 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11327 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11328 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11329 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11330 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11331 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11332 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11333 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11334 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11336 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11338 clear_proceed_status ();
11340 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11343 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11344 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11345 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11346 get_last_displayed_line ());
11348 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11349 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11351 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11352 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11354 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11355 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11358 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11360 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11362 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11365 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11367 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11368 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11369 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11372 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11373 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11374 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11375 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11377 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11380 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11382 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11384 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11385 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11386 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11390 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11392 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11393 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11396 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11400 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11401 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11402 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11403 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11405 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11406 only at the very same frame. */
11407 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11408 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11409 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11411 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11413 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11414 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11415 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11416 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11418 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11420 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11421 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11423 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11424 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11425 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11427 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11428 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11429 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11433 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11436 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11437 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11439 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11440 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11441 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11442 if clause in the arg string. */
11445 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11449 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11452 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11455 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11456 condition string. */
11457 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11458 cond_string
= *arg
;
11460 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11462 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11464 return cond_string
;
11467 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11468 process start/exit, etc. */
11472 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11473 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11478 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11479 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11481 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11482 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11483 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11486 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11487 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11488 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11492 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11494 /* The allowed syntax is:
11496 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11498 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11499 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11501 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11502 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11504 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11505 and enable reporting of such events. */
11508 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11509 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11510 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11511 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11513 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11514 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11515 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11516 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11519 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11525 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11526 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11528 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11529 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11531 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11533 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11537 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11539 /* The allowed syntax is:
11541 catch exec if <cond>
11543 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11544 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11546 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11547 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11549 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11550 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11551 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11552 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11554 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11557 static enum print_stop_action
11558 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11560 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11561 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11562 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11564 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11566 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11567 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11568 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11571 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11572 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11573 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11575 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11576 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11577 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11578 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11579 : " (exception caught), ");
11580 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11583 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11584 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11585 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11587 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11591 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11592 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11594 struct value_print_options opts
;
11595 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11597 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11598 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11600 annotate_field (4);
11601 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11602 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11604 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11605 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11607 annotate_field (5);
11609 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11610 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11613 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11618 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11620 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11625 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11627 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11631 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11632 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11633 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11634 : _("Catchpoint "));
11635 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11636 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11640 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11641 catch catchpoints. */
11644 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11645 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11650 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11651 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11654 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11657 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11660 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11661 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11663 char *trigger_func_name
;
11665 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11666 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11668 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11670 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11671 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11672 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11673 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11675 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11676 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11684 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11687 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11688 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11690 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11694 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11696 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11698 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11699 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11701 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11702 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11703 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11705 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11708 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11711 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11714 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11716 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11718 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11721 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11724 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11726 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11728 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11732 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11733 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11734 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11736 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11742 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11744 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11746 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11747 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11748 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11749 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11750 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11751 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11752 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11753 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11754 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11755 enough for now, though. */
11758 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11760 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11761 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11762 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11763 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11766 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11767 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11769 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11771 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11772 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11774 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11776 int i
, syscall_number
;
11778 char cur_name
[128];
11781 /* Skip whitespace. */
11782 while (isspace (*arg
))
11785 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11786 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11787 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11790 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11791 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11792 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11793 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11796 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11798 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11800 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11801 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11802 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11803 syscall number to be caught. */
11804 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11807 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11808 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11811 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11815 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11818 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11819 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11824 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11826 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11827 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11828 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11829 this architecture yet."));
11831 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11833 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11835 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11836 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11837 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11838 for his/her architecture. */
11839 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11841 /* The allowed syntax is:
11843 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11845 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11848 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11852 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11853 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11857 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11859 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11864 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11866 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11869 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11872 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11874 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11875 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11876 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11877 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11879 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11881 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11884 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11888 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11891 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11894 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11896 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11897 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11900 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11901 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11903 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11907 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11908 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11909 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11910 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11915 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11916 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11917 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11918 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11920 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11921 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11922 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11923 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11924 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11925 error (_("No source file specified."));
11927 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11933 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11934 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11935 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11936 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11938 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11939 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11940 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11941 due to optimization, all in one block.
11943 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11944 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11945 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11946 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11947 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11948 to support that. */
11950 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11951 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11952 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11956 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11957 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11961 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11962 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11963 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11966 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11971 1 0 <can't happen> */
11973 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11974 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11976 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11980 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11981 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11983 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11984 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11986 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11987 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11988 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11990 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11991 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11992 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11993 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11994 int line_match
= 0;
11996 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11997 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11998 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11999 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12000 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
12002 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
12003 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
12005 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
12006 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
12007 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
12011 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12020 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12024 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12025 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12028 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12030 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12033 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12034 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12035 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12036 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12037 compare_breakpoints
);
12038 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12039 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12043 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12048 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12049 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12052 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12053 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12055 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12057 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12059 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12062 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12063 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12066 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12068 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12071 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12072 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12073 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12076 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12078 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12080 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12081 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12082 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12084 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12088 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12089 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12093 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12094 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12095 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12096 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12097 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12098 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12101 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12103 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12104 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12105 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12106 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12107 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12109 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12110 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12112 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12113 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12116 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12117 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12118 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12120 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12121 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12122 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12124 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12125 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12126 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12128 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12129 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12130 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12132 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12135 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12136 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12137 content of the bp_location array. */
12140 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12142 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12144 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12145 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12149 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12151 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12154 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12155 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12157 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12158 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12159 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12160 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12162 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12164 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12165 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12166 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12167 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12171 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12174 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12176 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12177 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12179 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12182 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12184 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12186 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12187 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12188 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12190 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12191 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12192 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12195 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12197 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12198 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12199 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12200 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12203 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12205 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12208 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12210 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12211 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12212 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12213 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12216 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12219 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12222 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12224 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12225 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12226 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12227 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12229 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12230 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12231 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12232 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12233 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12235 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12236 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12237 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12238 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12239 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12240 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12241 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12242 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12245 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12246 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12247 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12251 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12253 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12254 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12255 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12258 address
= bl
->address
;
12259 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12261 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12262 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12263 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12265 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12266 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12269 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12270 the same program space as the location
12271 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12272 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12277 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12278 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12281 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12282 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12283 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12284 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12285 that have already been marked. */
12286 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12288 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12290 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12292 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12293 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12298 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12299 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12300 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12301 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12302 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12303 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12304 returns true on them.
12306 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12307 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12308 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12309 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12310 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12311 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12314 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12317 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12318 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12319 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12320 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12321 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12322 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12324 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12325 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12326 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12327 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12328 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12330 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12331 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12332 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12333 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12335 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12336 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12337 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12338 unsigned old_location_count
;
12340 old_location
= bp_location
;
12341 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12342 bp_location
= NULL
;
12343 bp_location_count
= 0;
12344 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12347 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12348 bp_location_count
++;
12350 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12351 locp
= bp_location
;
12352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12353 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12355 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12356 bp_location_compare
);
12358 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12360 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12361 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12362 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12363 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12364 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12367 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12368 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12370 locp
= bp_location
;
12371 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12374 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12375 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12377 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12378 not, we have to free it. */
12379 int found_object
= 0;
12380 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12381 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12384 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12385 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12386 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12387 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12391 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12392 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12395 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12396 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12397 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12399 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12400 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12401 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12403 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12404 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12407 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12411 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12412 have to go through updates again. */
12413 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12415 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12417 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12419 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12420 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12421 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12422 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12423 at certain location is not inserted. */
12425 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12427 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12430 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12432 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12433 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12434 keep_in_target
= 1;
12438 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12439 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12440 remove its target-side condition. */
12442 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12443 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12444 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12445 this one from the target. */
12447 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12448 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12451 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12452 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12455 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12457 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12459 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12460 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12461 supported, but the latter are. */
12462 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12464 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12465 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12468 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12469 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12471 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12472 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12474 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12475 keep_in_target
= 1;
12483 if (!keep_in_target
)
12485 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12487 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12488 this location on the global list, and try to
12489 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12490 reason why we will succeed next time.
12492 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12493 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12494 only after calling us. */
12495 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12496 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12497 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12505 if (removed
&& non_stop
12506 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12507 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12509 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12510 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12511 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12512 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12513 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12514 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12515 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12516 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12517 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12518 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12519 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12520 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12521 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12522 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12525 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12526 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12528 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12529 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12530 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12531 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12532 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12533 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12534 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12535 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12536 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12537 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12538 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12539 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12540 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12543 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12544 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12545 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12546 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12548 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12549 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12550 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12551 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12552 traps we can no longer explain. */
12554 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12555 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12557 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12561 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12562 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12567 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12568 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12569 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12570 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12571 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12572 are sorted first for the same address.
12574 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12575 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12577 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12578 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12579 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12580 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12581 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12583 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12585 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12588 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12589 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12590 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12591 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12592 `struct bp_location'. */
12593 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12595 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12596 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12600 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12601 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12602 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12603 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12604 "actually inserted"));
12606 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12607 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12608 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12609 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12610 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12611 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12613 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12615 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12616 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12617 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12619 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12620 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12622 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12624 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12625 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12626 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12632 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12633 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12634 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12636 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12637 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12639 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12640 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12642 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12643 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12644 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12645 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12646 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12649 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12650 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12651 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12654 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12657 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12658 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12659 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12661 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12666 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12668 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12672 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12674 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12677 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12678 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12680 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12681 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12687 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12689 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12691 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12692 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12695 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12698 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12702 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12703 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12705 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12706 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12707 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12711 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12713 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12715 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12717 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12721 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12725 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12727 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12728 struct value_print_options opts
;
12730 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12732 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12734 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12736 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12740 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12742 printf_filtered (" at ");
12743 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12746 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12748 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12750 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12751 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12752 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12754 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12755 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12756 real situation somewhat. */
12757 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12762 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12764 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12766 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12771 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12774 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12776 xfree (self
->cond
);
12777 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12778 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12779 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12780 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12783 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12788 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12792 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12794 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12795 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12796 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12797 xfree (self
->filter
);
12798 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12801 static struct bp_location
*
12802 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12806 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12807 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12812 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12814 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12817 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12818 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12821 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12833 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12834 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12836 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12838 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12842 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12847 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12851 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12856 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12860 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 static enum print_stop_action
12866 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12868 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12872 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12873 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12879 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12885 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12887 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12891 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12892 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12893 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12901 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12902 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12903 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12905 char *extra_string
,
12906 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12907 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12909 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12910 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12911 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12912 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12918 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12919 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12921 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12924 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12926 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12927 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12929 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12932 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12934 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12935 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12936 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12937 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12938 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12939 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12940 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12941 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12942 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12943 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12945 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12946 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12947 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12948 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12949 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12950 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12951 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12954 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12957 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12959 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12960 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12962 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12963 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12967 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12971 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12973 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12974 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12977 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12982 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12984 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12985 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12987 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12991 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12992 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12993 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12995 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12997 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12998 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13001 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13005 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13006 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13007 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13014 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13016 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13021 static enum print_stop_action
13022 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13025 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13027 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13029 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13031 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13032 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13034 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13035 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13036 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13039 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13044 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13046 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13047 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13048 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13050 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13051 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13053 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13057 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13059 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13064 case bp_breakpoint
:
13065 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13066 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13067 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13069 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13070 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13071 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13072 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13074 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13075 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13078 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13086 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13088 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13090 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13092 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13093 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13095 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13098 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13099 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13102 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13106 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13107 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13108 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13109 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13111 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13112 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13116 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13118 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13120 char *extra_string
,
13121 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13122 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13124 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13126 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13127 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13129 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13130 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13132 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13133 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13134 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13138 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13139 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13141 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13144 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13147 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13151 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13152 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13153 case bp_overlay_event
:
13154 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13155 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13156 case bp_exception_master
:
13157 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13160 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13161 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13162 case bp_shlib_event
:
13164 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13165 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13166 case bp_thread_event
:
13172 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13174 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13176 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13177 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13178 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13179 objects (among other things). */
13180 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13181 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13187 static enum print_stop_action
13188 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13190 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13193 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13197 case bp_shlib_event
:
13198 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13199 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13200 to shlib event" message.) */
13201 print_solib_event (0);
13204 case bp_thread_event
:
13205 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13206 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13207 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13210 case bp_overlay_event
:
13211 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13212 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13215 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13216 /* These should never be enabled. */
13217 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13220 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13221 /* These should never be enabled. */
13222 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13223 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13226 case bp_exception_master
:
13227 /* These should never be enabled. */
13228 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13229 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13233 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13237 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13239 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13242 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13245 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13247 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13248 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13249 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13250 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13254 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13256 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13259 static enum print_stop_action
13260 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13262 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13264 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13266 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13271 ui_out_field_string
13273 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13277 ui_out_field_string
13279 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13284 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13288 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13290 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13293 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13295 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13296 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13299 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13301 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13304 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13306 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13309 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13312 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13314 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13318 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13320 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13327 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13329 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13330 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13332 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13336 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13337 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13338 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13339 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13341 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13343 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13345 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13346 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13348 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13352 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13353 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13355 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13357 error (_("probe not found"));
13360 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13363 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13365 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13369 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13370 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13371 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13373 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13379 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13380 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13382 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13383 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13385 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13387 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13388 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13389 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13395 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13397 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13402 case bp_tracepoint
:
13403 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13406 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13407 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13408 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13410 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13411 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13412 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13415 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13416 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13423 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13425 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13427 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13429 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13431 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13434 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13435 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13437 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13438 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13440 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13445 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13446 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13447 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13448 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13450 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13451 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13455 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13456 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13457 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13459 char *extra_string
,
13460 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13461 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13463 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13464 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13465 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13466 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13468 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13469 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13471 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13472 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13473 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13477 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13478 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13480 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13483 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13485 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13489 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13490 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13491 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13492 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13494 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13495 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13496 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13500 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13501 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13503 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13504 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13507 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13509 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13513 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13514 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13515 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13516 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13518 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13520 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13522 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13524 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13525 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13526 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13530 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13531 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13532 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13534 char *extra_string
,
13535 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13536 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13538 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13539 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13540 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13541 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13545 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13546 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13547 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13548 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13549 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13550 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13552 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13554 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13555 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13556 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13559 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13560 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13562 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13563 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13565 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13566 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13568 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13569 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13570 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13571 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13572 canonical
->special_display
);
13573 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13574 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13575 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13576 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13577 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13578 corresponds to this one */
13579 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13581 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13583 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13588 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13589 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13591 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13593 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13594 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13596 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13600 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13603 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13606 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13608 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13611 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13615 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13617 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13619 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13621 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13622 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13625 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13626 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13627 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13628 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13629 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13632 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13633 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13634 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13635 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13637 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13640 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13641 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13642 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13644 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13645 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13647 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13648 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13649 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13650 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13654 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13656 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13657 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13658 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13659 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13660 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13663 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13664 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13665 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13666 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13668 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13670 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13671 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13674 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13676 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13680 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13682 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13683 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13684 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13685 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13686 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13687 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13688 commands won't work. */
13690 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13692 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13693 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13694 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13695 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13696 might be better design to have location completely
13697 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13698 update_global_location_list (0);
13700 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13701 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13702 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13703 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13708 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13710 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13714 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13716 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13719 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13720 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13723 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13724 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13728 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13733 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13735 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13736 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13738 if (next
== related
)
13740 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13741 function (related
, data
);
13743 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13744 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13749 function (related
, data
);
13753 while (related
!= b
);
13757 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13759 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13762 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13763 delete_breakpoint. */
13766 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13768 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13772 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13774 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13780 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13782 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13783 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13784 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13786 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13788 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13792 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13794 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13797 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13798 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13802 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13806 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13808 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13809 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13810 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13815 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13816 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13817 Null names are ignored. */
13820 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13822 struct bp_location
*l
;
13823 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13824 (int (*) (const void *,
13825 const void *)) streq
,
13826 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13828 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13831 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13833 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13837 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13839 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13843 htab_delete (htab
);
13849 htab_delete (htab
);
13853 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13854 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13855 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13856 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13857 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13858 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13859 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13860 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13863 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13864 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13865 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13866 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13867 in the sources, and output a warning.
13869 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13870 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13871 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13872 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13873 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13876 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13877 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13878 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13879 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13880 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13881 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13882 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13883 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13884 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13886 static struct symtab_and_line
13887 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13889 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13890 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13895 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13897 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13899 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13900 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13902 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13904 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13905 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13906 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13911 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13913 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13915 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13916 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13918 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13921 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13923 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13925 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13926 struct symbol
*sym
;
13927 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13930 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13932 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13933 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13935 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13936 "found at previous line number"),
13937 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13941 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13943 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13944 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13945 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13948 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13949 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13950 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13952 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13953 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13955 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13957 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13959 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13962 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13965 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13967 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13969 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13971 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13973 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13974 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13975 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13976 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13978 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13981 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13987 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13988 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13991 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13995 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13998 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14001 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14008 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14014 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14015 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14016 a ranged breakpoint. */
14019 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14020 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14021 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14024 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14026 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14028 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14030 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14031 update_global_location_list (1);
14032 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14033 "multiple locations found\n"),
14038 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14039 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14040 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14041 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14042 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14043 individual locations. */
14044 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14049 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14051 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14053 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14055 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14057 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14059 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14062 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14064 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14065 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14067 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14068 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14073 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14074 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14075 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14076 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14080 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14082 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14084 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14088 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14089 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14090 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14092 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14095 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14096 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14097 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14098 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14099 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14100 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14101 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14103 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14105 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14107 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14108 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14110 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14111 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14119 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14120 if (l
->function_name
14121 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14131 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14132 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14134 update_global_location_list (1);
14137 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14138 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14140 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14141 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14145 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14147 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14150 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14152 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14156 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14157 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14158 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14159 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14160 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14161 state, then user already saw the message about that
14162 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14164 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14165 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14166 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14167 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14168 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14169 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14171 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14173 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14174 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14175 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14176 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14177 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14178 which approach is better. */
14179 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14180 throw_exception (e
);
14184 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14188 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14189 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14190 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14192 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14195 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14196 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14199 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14200 b
->thread
= thread
;
14203 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14204 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14207 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14208 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14218 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14219 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14223 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14227 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14228 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14230 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14233 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14237 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14239 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14242 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14243 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14247 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14250 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14251 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14254 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14255 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14256 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14257 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14259 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14262 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14263 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14267 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14268 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14269 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14271 char *extra_string
,
14272 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14273 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14275 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14276 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14277 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14278 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14280 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14282 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14283 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14284 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14287 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14288 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14291 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14292 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14294 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14296 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14297 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14298 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14299 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14302 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14303 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14305 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14307 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14309 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14310 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14311 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14313 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14316 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14319 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14321 static struct cleanup
*
14322 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14324 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14326 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14327 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14328 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14329 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14330 set_language (b
->language
);
14335 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14336 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14337 Unused in this case. */
14340 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14342 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14343 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14346 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14347 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14348 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14352 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14354 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14356 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14357 enum language save_language
;
14358 int save_input_radix
;
14359 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14361 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14362 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14363 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14367 /* Format possible error msg. */
14368 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14370 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14371 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14372 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14374 set_language (save_language
);
14375 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14377 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14379 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14381 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14382 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14383 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14384 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14387 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14389 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14390 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14392 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14394 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14396 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14397 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14399 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14400 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14401 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14403 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14407 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14408 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14409 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14412 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14420 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14422 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14424 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14425 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14430 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14434 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14435 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14437 else if (count
== 1)
14438 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14441 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14442 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14445 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14446 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14450 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14453 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14456 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14462 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14464 num
= get_number (&p
);
14466 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14468 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14470 set_ignore_count (num
,
14471 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14474 printf_filtered ("\n");
14477 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14478 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14481 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14486 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14488 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14491 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14493 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14495 while (!state
.finished
)
14497 char *p
= state
.string
;
14501 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14504 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14509 if (b
->number
== num
)
14512 function (b
, data
);
14516 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14521 static struct bp_location
*
14522 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14524 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14528 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14529 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14534 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14536 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14539 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14544 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14545 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14548 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14550 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14554 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14557 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14563 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14564 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14565 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14568 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14570 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14571 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14572 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14573 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14576 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14577 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14580 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14582 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14583 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14585 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14586 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14588 struct bp_location
*location
;
14590 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14591 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14594 update_global_location_list (0);
14596 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14599 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14602 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14604 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14607 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14608 disable_breakpoint. */
14611 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14613 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14617 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14621 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14624 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14625 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14627 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14629 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14635 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14637 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14638 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14639 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14640 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14642 update_global_location_list (0);
14645 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14649 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14652 int target_resources_ok
;
14654 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14657 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14658 target_resources_ok
=
14659 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14661 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14662 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14663 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14664 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14667 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14669 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14670 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14671 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14673 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14675 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14677 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14678 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14679 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14683 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14684 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14690 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14691 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14693 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14695 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14696 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14698 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14699 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14701 struct bp_location
*location
;
14703 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14704 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14707 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14708 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14709 update_global_location_list (1);
14710 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14712 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14717 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14719 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14723 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14725 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14728 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14729 enable_breakpoint. */
14732 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14734 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14737 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14738 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14739 in stopping the inferior. */
14742 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14746 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14749 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14750 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14752 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14754 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14760 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14762 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14763 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14764 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14765 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14767 update_global_location_list (1);
14770 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14773 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14783 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14785 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14787 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14791 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14793 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14795 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14799 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14801 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14805 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14807 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14809 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14813 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14815 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14817 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14821 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14823 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14825 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14829 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14835 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14840 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14844 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14845 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14849 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14850 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14851 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14853 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14856 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14857 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14859 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14861 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14863 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14865 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14866 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14867 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14868 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14870 value_free (wp
->val
);
14878 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14879 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14880 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14881 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14885 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14886 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14888 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14890 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14892 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14893 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14895 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14897 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14905 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14906 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14909 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14911 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14914 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14920 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14923 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14924 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14926 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14929 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14930 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14935 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14937 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14938 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14942 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14943 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14944 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14947 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14948 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14949 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14950 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14951 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14952 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14954 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14955 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14956 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14957 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14960 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14961 were inserted or not. */
14964 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14966 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14967 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14970 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14973 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14975 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14977 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14979 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14980 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14981 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14982 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14984 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14986 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14987 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14988 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14989 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14993 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14994 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14995 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14999 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15003 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15004 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15006 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15007 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15008 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15012 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15016 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15020 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15021 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15022 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15023 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15026 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15030 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15035 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15037 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15039 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15040 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15048 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15049 non-zero otherwise. */
15051 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15053 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15054 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15055 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15062 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15064 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15065 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15067 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15071 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15073 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15076 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15078 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15080 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15084 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15086 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15096 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15097 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15098 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15099 char *text
, char *word
)
15101 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15102 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15103 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15109 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15111 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15113 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15115 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15116 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15120 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15122 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15123 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15125 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15126 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15128 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15130 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15132 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15134 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15135 0 /* Ignore count */,
15136 pending_break_support
,
15140 0 /* internal */, 0);
15144 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15146 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15148 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15150 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15151 0 /* Ignore count */,
15152 pending_break_support
,
15153 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15156 0 /* internal */, 0);
15159 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15162 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15164 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15166 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15167 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15168 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15169 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15171 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15173 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15175 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15177 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15178 0 /* Ignore count */,
15179 pending_break_support
,
15183 0 /* internal */, 0);
15186 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15187 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15189 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15190 static int next_cmd
;
15193 read_uploaded_action (void)
15197 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15204 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15205 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15206 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15207 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15208 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15210 struct tracepoint
*
15211 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15213 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15214 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15216 if (utp
->at_string
)
15217 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15220 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15221 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15222 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15224 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15225 "source location, using raw address"),
15227 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15228 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15231 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15232 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15233 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15234 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15237 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15239 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15240 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15242 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15243 0 /* Ignore count */,
15244 pending_break_support
,
15245 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15247 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15249 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15252 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15253 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15254 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15258 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15261 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15264 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15265 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15266 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15268 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15270 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15275 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15277 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15279 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15280 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15281 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15282 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15285 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15286 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15287 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15292 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15296 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15298 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15301 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15303 if (num_printed
== 0)
15305 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15306 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15308 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15311 default_collect_info ();
15314 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15315 Not supported by all targets. */
15317 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15319 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15322 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15323 Not supported by all targets. */
15325 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15327 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15330 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15332 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15334 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15340 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15342 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15343 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15344 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15346 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15347 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15349 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15353 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15355 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15358 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15359 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15363 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15366 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15369 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15371 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15372 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15374 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15375 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15378 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15380 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15381 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15382 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15385 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15387 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15388 unsigned int count
;
15390 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15391 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15392 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15394 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15396 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15399 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15401 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15403 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15405 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15407 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15409 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15410 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15413 else if (*args
== '\0')
15415 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15417 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15421 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15423 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15424 while (!state
.finished
)
15426 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15428 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15433 struct tracepoint
*
15434 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15436 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15438 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15439 if (t
->number
== num
)
15440 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15445 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15446 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15449 struct tracepoint
*
15450 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15454 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15456 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15458 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15465 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15466 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15467 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15468 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15469 struct tracepoint
*
15470 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15471 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15474 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15476 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15480 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15481 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15483 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15486 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15488 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15491 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15495 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15496 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15499 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15500 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15504 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15505 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15507 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15510 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15515 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15517 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15526 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15527 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15528 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15532 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15533 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15535 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15538 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15539 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15540 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15542 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15543 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15545 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15548 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15549 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15552 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15553 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15558 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15560 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15562 /* We can stop searching. */
15569 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15573 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15574 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15575 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15577 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15578 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15579 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15581 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15582 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15586 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15587 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15590 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15591 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15594 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15596 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15597 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15600 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15603 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15604 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15608 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15610 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15612 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15613 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15615 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15617 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15620 throw_exception (ex
);
15622 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15625 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15628 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15629 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15630 special, and not user visible. */
15631 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15633 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15636 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15638 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15642 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15645 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15647 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15650 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15653 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15655 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15658 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15661 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15663 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15666 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15668 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15669 all_tracepoints (void)
15671 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15672 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15674 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15676 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15683 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15684 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15685 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15687 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15688 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15689 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15690 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15691 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15692 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15693 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15694 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15695 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15696 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15697 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15699 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15700 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15702 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15703 conditions are different.\n\
15705 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15707 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15708 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15710 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15711 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15714 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15715 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15716 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15717 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15718 void *user_data_catch
,
15719 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15721 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15723 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15725 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15726 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15727 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15729 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15731 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15732 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15733 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15737 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15739 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15740 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15742 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15743 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15744 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15748 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15750 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15751 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15752 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15755 struct breakpoint
*
15756 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15759 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15763 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15770 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15771 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15774 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15776 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15777 non-inline function. */
15778 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15784 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15785 have been inlined. */
15788 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15789 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15792 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15796 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15799 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15801 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15802 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15811 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15813 static int initialized
= 0;
15815 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15822 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15823 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15824 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15825 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15827 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15828 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15829 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15830 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15831 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15832 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15834 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15835 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15836 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15838 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15839 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15840 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15841 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15843 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15844 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15847 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15848 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15849 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15850 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15851 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15852 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15854 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15855 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15858 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15859 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15860 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15862 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15863 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15864 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15865 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15866 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15867 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15868 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15870 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15871 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15872 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15873 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15875 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15876 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15878 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15879 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15880 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15881 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15883 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15884 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15885 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15886 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15887 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15888 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15889 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15892 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15895 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15896 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15897 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15898 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15899 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15900 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15901 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15902 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15903 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15904 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15906 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15907 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15908 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15909 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15911 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15912 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15913 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15914 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15915 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15916 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15919 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15921 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15922 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15923 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15924 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15925 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15926 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15927 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15928 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15930 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15931 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15932 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15933 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15934 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15936 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15937 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15939 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15940 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15941 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15943 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15944 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15947 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15948 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15949 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15950 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15951 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15952 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15954 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15955 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15957 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15958 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15959 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15960 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15961 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15962 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15963 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15965 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15966 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15967 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15968 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15969 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15970 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15971 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15972 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15973 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15974 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15975 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15977 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15978 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15979 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15981 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15982 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15983 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15984 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15985 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15986 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15987 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15989 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15990 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15993 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15994 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15995 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15996 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15997 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15998 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15999 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16000 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16002 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16004 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16005 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16006 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16007 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16008 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16011 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16013 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16016 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16018 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16020 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16022 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16023 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16024 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16026 breakpoint_objfile_key
16027 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16029 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16030 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16031 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16033 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16034 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16035 before a breakpoint is set. */
16036 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16038 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16040 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16041 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16042 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16044 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16046 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16047 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16048 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16049 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16050 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16051 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16052 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16053 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16055 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16056 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16057 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16058 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16061 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16062 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16063 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16064 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16065 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16067 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16068 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16070 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16071 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16072 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16073 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16075 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16076 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16078 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16079 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16080 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16081 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16083 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16084 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16086 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16087 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16088 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16089 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16090 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16091 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16092 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16094 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16095 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16096 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16097 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16098 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16101 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16103 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16104 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16105 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16106 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16107 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16108 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16110 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16111 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16112 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16115 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16116 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16117 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16120 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16121 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16122 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16123 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16126 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16127 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16128 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16131 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16132 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16133 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16136 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16137 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16138 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16139 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16142 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16143 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16145 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16146 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16147 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16148 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16149 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16151 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16152 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16155 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16157 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16158 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16160 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16161 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16162 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16166 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16167 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16168 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16170 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16171 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16172 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16173 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16174 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16176 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16177 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16178 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16179 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16181 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16182 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16183 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16184 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16185 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16188 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16189 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16190 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16191 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16192 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16193 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16195 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16196 is executing in.\n\
16198 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16199 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16201 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16202 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16203 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16204 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16206 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16209 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16212 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16216 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16217 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16218 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16219 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16220 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16221 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16222 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16223 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16224 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16225 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16226 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16227 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16228 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16229 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16230 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16231 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16233 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16234 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16235 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16236 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16237 breakpoint set."));
16240 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16241 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16242 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16243 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16244 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16245 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16246 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16247 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16248 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16250 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16251 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16252 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16253 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16254 breakpoint set."));
16256 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16259 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16260 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16261 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16262 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16263 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16264 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16265 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16266 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16267 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16269 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16270 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16271 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16272 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16273 breakpoint set."));
16275 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16276 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16277 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16278 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16279 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16280 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16281 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16282 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16283 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16284 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16285 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16286 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16287 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16289 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16290 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16291 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16292 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16294 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16296 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16297 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16298 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16299 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16301 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16302 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16303 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16304 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16306 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16307 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16308 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16309 catch_catch_command
,
16313 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16314 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16315 catch_throw_command
,
16319 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16320 catch_fork_command_1
,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16323 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16324 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16325 catch_fork_command_1
,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16328 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16329 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16330 catch_exec_command_1
,
16334 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16335 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16336 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16337 catch_load_command_1
,
16341 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16342 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16343 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16344 catch_unload_command_1
,
16348 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16349 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16350 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16351 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16352 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16353 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16354 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16355 catch_syscall_completer
,
16359 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16360 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16361 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16362 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16363 an expression changes.\n\
16364 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16365 the memory to which it refers."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16368 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16369 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16370 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16371 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16372 an expression is read.\n\
16373 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16374 the memory to which it refers."));
16375 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16377 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16378 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16379 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16380 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16381 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16382 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16383 the memory to which it refers."));
16384 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16386 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16387 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16389 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16390 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16391 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16392 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16393 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16395 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16396 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16397 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16400 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16401 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16403 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16405 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16407 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16408 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16410 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16414 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16415 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16417 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16419 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16420 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16422 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16423 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16424 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16426 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16427 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16429 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16430 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16431 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16432 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16433 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16434 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16435 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16436 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16437 the selected stack frame.\n\
16438 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16439 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16440 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16441 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16443 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16445 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16446 conditions are different.\n\
16448 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16449 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16450 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16452 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16453 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16454 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16455 last tracepoint set."));
16457 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16459 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16460 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16462 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16464 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16466 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16467 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16468 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16469 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16471 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16473 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16474 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16475 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16476 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16478 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16480 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16481 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16482 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16483 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16484 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16486 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16487 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16488 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16489 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16491 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16492 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16493 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16494 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16495 session to restore them."),
16497 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16499 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16500 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16501 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16503 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16505 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16506 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16508 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16509 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16510 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16511 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16512 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16513 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16514 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16515 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16516 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16517 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16518 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16519 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16521 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16522 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16523 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16524 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16525 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16526 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16527 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16528 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16530 show_pending_break_support
,
16531 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16532 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16534 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16536 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16537 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16538 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16539 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16540 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16541 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16542 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16544 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16545 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16546 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16548 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16549 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16550 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16551 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16552 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16553 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16554 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16555 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16556 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16557 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16558 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16559 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16561 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16563 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16565 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16566 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16567 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16568 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16569 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16570 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16571 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16572 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16573 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16574 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16575 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16576 be set to \"gdb\""),
16577 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16578 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16579 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16580 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16582 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16583 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16584 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16585 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16586 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16587 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16588 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16589 or the start of the range\n\
16590 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16591 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16592 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16594 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16595 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16596 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16598 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16599 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16600 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16601 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16602 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16603 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16605 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16607 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16608 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16609 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16610 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16611 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16612 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16613 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16614 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16615 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16616 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16617 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16618 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16620 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16621 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16622 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16623 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16624 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16625 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16626 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16628 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16629 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16630 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16631 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16632 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16633 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16634 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16636 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16637 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16638 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16639 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16640 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16641 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16644 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16646 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16647 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16648 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16650 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16652 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);